]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #7573 from poettering/empty-to-null
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 236 in spe:
4
5 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
8 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9
10 * Unknown specifiers are now rejected. This applies to units and
11 tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters that are followed by
12 a letter or digit that are not supposed to be interpreted as the
13 beginning of a specifier should be escaped by doubling ("%%").
14 (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as "size=5%,foo=bar", but
15 not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not valid specifiers today.)
16
17 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
18 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
19 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
20 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
21 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
22 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
23
24 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
25 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
26 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
27 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
28
29 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
30 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
31 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
32 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
33 services are resolved properly.
34
35 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
36 DNS server and domain information.
37
38 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
39 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
40 runtime.
41
42 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
43 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
44 empty for the first time.
45
46 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
47 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
48 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
49 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
50 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
51 running in the user session.
52
53 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
54 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
55 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
56 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
57 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
58 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
59 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
60 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
61 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
62 user instance).
63
64 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
65 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
66
67 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
68 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
69 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
70 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
71
72 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
73 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
74
75 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
76 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
77 sleep verbs.
78
79 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
80
81 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
82 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
83
84 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
85
86 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
87 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
88 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
89
90 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
91 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
92 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
93 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
94 instance.
95
96 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
97 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
98 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
99
100 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
101 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
102 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
103
104 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
105
106 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
107 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
108 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
109 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
110 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
111 processes.
112
113 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
114 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
115 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
116 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
117
118 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
119 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
120 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
121
122 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
123 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
124 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
125 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
126 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
127
128 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
129 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
130
131 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
132 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
133 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
134 time the specified expression would elapse.
135
136 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
137 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
138 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
139 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
140 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
141 types, not just services.
142
143 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
144 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
145 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
146 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
147
148 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
149 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
150 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
151 interface for this purpose.
152
153 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
154 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
155 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
156 anyway.
157
158 Contributions from: aeywalee, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Ghedini, Andrew
159 Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, bleep_blop, Carsten Strotmann, Christian
160 Brauner, Christian Hesse, Collin Eggert, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek,
161 Dimitri John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
162 gwendalcr, Hans de Goede, Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, jobol, John Lin,
163 juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Lars Karlitski, Lars Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri
164 Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, longersson, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
165 Werkmeister, lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukasz Rubaszewski, Maciej
166 S. Szmigiero, macrothian, Mantas Mikulėnas, martingh, Mathieu
167 Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
168 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, myrkr, Neil Brown, Ondrej
169 Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru,
170 Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang
171 Liu, Simon Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stefan Agner, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
172 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Vito Caputo,
173 Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
174 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
175
176 — Berlin, 2017-12-XX
177
178 CHANGES WITH 235:
179
180 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
181 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
182 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
183 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
184 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
185 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
186 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
187 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
188 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
189 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
190 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
191 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
192 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
193 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
194 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
195 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
196 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
197 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
198 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
199 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
200 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
201 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
202 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
203 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
204 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
205 IPAddressDeny= see below.
206
207 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
208 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
209 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
210 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
211 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
212 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
213 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
214 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
215
216 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
217 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
218 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
219 used to change those values.
220
221 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
222 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
223 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
224 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
225 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
226 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
227
228 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
229 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
230 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
231 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
232
233 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
234 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
235 one top-level directory.
236
237 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
238 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
239 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
240 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
241 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
242 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
243 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
244 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
245 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
246 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
247 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
248 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
249 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
250 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
251 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
252
253 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
254 Meson-only.
255
256 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
257 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
258 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
259 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
260 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
261 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
262 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
263 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
264 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
265 acceptable to us.
266
267 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
268 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
269 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
270 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
271 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
272 requested at build time.
273
274 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
275 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
276 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
277 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
278 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
279 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
280 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
281 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
282 Type= setting which permits configuring
283 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
284
285 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
286 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
287 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
288 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
289 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
290 local frames between bridge ports.
291
292 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
293 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
294 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
295
296 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
297 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
298
299 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
300 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
301 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
302 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
303
304 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
305 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
306 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
307 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
308 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
309 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
310 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
311 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
312
313 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
314 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
315 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
316 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
317 command.)
318
319 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
320 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
321 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
322
323 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
324 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
325 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
326 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
327
328 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
329 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
330 configured, except for the credentials applied by
331 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
332 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
333 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
334 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
335 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
336 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
337 on systems where this is not supported.
338
339 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
340 sockets.
341
342 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
343 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
344 during runtime.
345
346 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
347 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
348 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
349
350 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
351 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
352 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
353
354 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
355 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
356 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
357 Following this logic, two new special targets
358 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
359 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
360 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
361
362 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
363 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
364 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
365 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
366
367 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
368 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
369 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
370 --wait".
371
372 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
373 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
374 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
375 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
376 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
377 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
378 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
379 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
380 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
381
382 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
383 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
384 containing information about the consumed resources of this
385 invocation.
386
387 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
388 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
389 processes.
390
391 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
392 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
393 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
394 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
395 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
396 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
397 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
398 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
399 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
400 systems for all five operations.
401
402 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
403 the system.
404
405 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
406 than UTC or the local timezone.
407
408 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
409 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
410 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
411 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
412 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
413 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
414 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
415 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
416
417 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
418 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
419 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
420 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
421 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
422 again.
423
424 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
425 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
426 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
427
428 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
429 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
430 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
431 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
432 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
433 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
434 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
435 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
436 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
437 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
438 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
439 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
440 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
441 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
442 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
443 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
444 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
445 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
446 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
447 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
448
449 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
450
451 CHANGES WITH 234:
452
453 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
454 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
455 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
456 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
457 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
458 summary:
459
460 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
461
462 becomes:
463
464 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
465
466 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
467 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
468 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
469 .device units.
470
471 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
472 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
473 running a systemd user instance.
474
475 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
476 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
477 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
478 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
479 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
480 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
481
482 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
483
484 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
485 (domain search list).
486
487 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
488 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
489 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
490 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
491 implementation of RA.
492
493 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
494 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
495 ISO date values.
496
497 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
498 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
499 devices.
500
501 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
502 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
503 option.
504
505 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
506 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
507 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
508 default yet.
509
510 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
511 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
512 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
513 SHA256SUMS files.
514
515 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
516 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
517
518 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
519
520 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
521
522 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
523 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
524
525 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
526 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
527 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
528 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
529
530 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
531 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
532 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
533 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
534 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
535 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
536 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
537 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
538 systemd-logind to be safe. See
539 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
540
541 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
542 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
543 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
544 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
545 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
546 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
547
548 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
549 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
550 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
551 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
552 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
553 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
554 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
555 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
556 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
557 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
558 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
559 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
560 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
561 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
562 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
563 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
564 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
565 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
566 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
567 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
568 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
569 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
570 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
571 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
572 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
573 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
574 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
575 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
576 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
577 Георгиевски
578
579 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
580
581 CHANGES WITH 233:
582
583 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
584 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
585 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
586 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
587 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
588 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
589 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
590 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
591 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
592
593 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
594 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
595 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
596 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
597 default selected on the configure command line
598 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
599 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
600 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
601 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
602 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
603 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
604 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
605 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
606 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
607 greatest stability and compatibility only.
608
609 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
610 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
611 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
612 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
613 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
614 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
615 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
616 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
617 further details about this.)
618
619 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
620 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
621 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
622
623 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
624 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
625
626 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
627 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
628 with 'make install-tests'.
629
630 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
631 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
632 kernel.
633
634 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
635 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
636 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
637 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
638 by the Slice= option.
639
640 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
641 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
642 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
643 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
644
645 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
646 following choices:
647
648 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
649 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
650 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
651 (h)elp
652 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
653 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
654 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
655 (y)es, execute the command
656
657 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
658 because its meaning was confusing.
659
660 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
661 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
662
663 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
664 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
665 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
666
667 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
668 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
669 state directly, without executing these commands.
670
671 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
672 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
673 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
674
675 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
676 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
677 combination with After=) have been started.
678
679 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
680 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
681 setting, and which system calls they contain.
682
683 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
684 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
685 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
686 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
687 configuration related calls.
688
689 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
690 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
691 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
692 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
693 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
694 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
695 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
696
697 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
698 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
699
700 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
701 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
702 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
703
704 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
705 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
706
707 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
708 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
709 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
710 for compatibility.
711
712 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
713 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
714
715 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
716 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
717
718 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
719 support for negative matching.
720
721 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
722
723 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
724 permitted runtime of the mount command.
725
726 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
727 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
728 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
729 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
730 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
731 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
732 removed from the drive.
733
734 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
735 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
736
737 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
738 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
739
740 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
741 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
742 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
743
744 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
745 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
746 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
747 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
748 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
749 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
750 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
751
752 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
753 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
754 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
755 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
756 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
757 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
758
759 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
760 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
761
762 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
763 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
764 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
765 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
766 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
767 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
768 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
769 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
770
771 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
772 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
773 including all control processes.
774
775 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
776 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
777 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
778
779 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
780 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
781 prefixing the source path with "+".
782
783 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
784 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
785 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
786 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
787 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
788 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
789 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
790 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
791
792 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
793 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
794 before).
795
796 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
797 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
798 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
799 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
800 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
801 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
802 the new --root-hash= command line option).
803
804 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
805 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
806 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
807 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
808 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
809 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
810 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
811 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
812 versions.
813
814 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
815 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
816 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
817 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
818 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
819 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
820 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
821 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
822 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
823 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
824 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
825 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
826 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
827 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
828 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
829 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
830 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
831 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
832 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
833 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
834 a Verity-enabled root partition.
835
836 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
837 accelerometer quirks.
838
839 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
840 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
841 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
842 ID of each service.
843
844 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
845 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
846 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
847 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
848 view.
849
850 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
851 environment variables:
852
853 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
854
855 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
856 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
857 address.
858
859 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
860 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
861 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
862
863 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
864 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
865 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
866 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
867 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
868 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
869 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
870 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
871 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
872 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
873 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
874 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
875 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
876
877 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
878 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
879 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
880
881 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
882 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
883
884 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
885 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
886 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
887 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
888 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
889
890 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
891 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
892 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
893
894 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
895 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
896
897 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
898 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
899 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
900 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
901
902 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
903 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
904 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
905 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
906 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
907 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
908 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
909 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
910 possibly even including full integrity data.
911
912 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
913 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
914 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
915 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
916 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
917
918 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
919 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
920 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
921 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
922 directly with systemd-nspawn.
923
924 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
925 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
926 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
927 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
928
929 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
930 of coredumps in reverse order.
931
932 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
933 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
934 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
935 additional informational message in its output.
936
937 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
938 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
939 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
940
941 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
942 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
943 scripting languages such as Python.
944
945 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
946 namespacing is enabled for them.
947
948 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
949 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
950 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
951 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
952 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
953 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
954
955 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
956 root key (KSK).
957
958 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
959 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
960 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
961
962 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
963 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
964 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
965 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
966 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
967 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
968 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
969 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
970 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
971 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
972 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
973 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
974 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
975 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
976 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
977 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
978 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
979 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
980 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
981 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
982 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
983 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
984 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
985 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
986 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
987 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
988 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
989 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
990 Тихонов
991
992 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
993
994 CHANGES WITH 232:
995
996 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
997 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
998 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
999 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1000 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1001 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1002
1003 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1004 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1005
1006 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
1007 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1008 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
1009
1010 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1011 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1012 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1013
1014 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
1015 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1016 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1017 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1018
1019 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
1020 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1021
1022 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1023 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1024 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1025
1026 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1027 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1028 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1029 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1030 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1031 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1032 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
1033 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1034 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1035 permanent modifications to the system.
1036
1037 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
1038 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
1039 container or chroot environments.
1040
1041 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
1042 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1043 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1044 mapped to nobody.
1045
1046 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1047 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1048 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1049 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1050
1051 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1052 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1053
1054 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1055 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1056 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1057 and the support is provisional.
1058
1059 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1060 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1061 unit files in the file system).
1062
1063 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1064 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1065 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1066 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1067 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1068 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1069 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1070 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1071 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1072 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1073 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1074 state is fixed automatically.
1075
1076 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1077 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1078 option.
1079
1080 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1081 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1082 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1083 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1084 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1085 else.
1086
1087 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1088 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1089 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1090 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1091 bootable on physical systems.
1092
1093 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
1094
1095 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1096 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1097 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1098 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1099 used.
1100
1101 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
1102 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
1103 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1104 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1105
1106 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
1107
1108 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
1109 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1110 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1111 of the container).
1112
1113 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
1114 files from the specified location.
1115
1116 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1117 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1118 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1119 be active.
1120
1121 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1122 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1123 trackball devices.
1124
1125 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1126 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1127 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1128
1129 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
1130 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1131 specified service binary exited.)
1132
1133 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
1134 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1135
1136 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
1137 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
1138 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1139 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1140 --since= and --until= options.
1141
1142 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1143 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1144 are automatically propagated to the container.
1145
1146 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
1147 from a single IP address can be limited with
1148 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1149 MaxConnections=.
1150
1151 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1152 configuration.
1153
1154 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1155 drop-ins.
1156
1157 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1158 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1159 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1160 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1161 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1162 [Link] section of .link files.
1163
1164 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1165 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1166 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1167 section of .netdev files.
1168
1169 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
1170 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1171 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1172
1173 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
1174 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1175 .network files.
1176
1177 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1178 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1179 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1180 service runtime cycle.
1181
1182 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1183 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
1184 has been traditionally doing.
1185
1186 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1187 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1188 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1189 prevent any later plugins from running.
1190
1191 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
1192 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
1193 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1194 default of SplitMode=uid.
1195
1196 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1197 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1198 useful.
1199
1200 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1201 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1202 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1203 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1204 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1205 individual namespaces.
1206
1207 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1208 the output, as well as OS release information.
1209
1210 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1211
1212 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1213 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1214 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1215 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1216 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1217
1218 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1219 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1220 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1221 severed.
1222
1223 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1224 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1225 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1226 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1227 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1228 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1229 information about exit statuses and results.
1230
1231 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1232 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1233 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1234 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1235 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1236 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1237
1238 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1239
1240 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1241 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1242 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1243 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1244 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1245 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1246 entirely.
1247
1248 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1249 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1250 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1251
1252 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1253 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1254 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1255 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1256 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1257 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1258 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1259 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1260 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1261 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1262 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1263 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1264 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1265 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1266 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1267 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1268 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1269
1270 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1271 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1272 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1273 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1274
1275 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1276 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1277 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1278 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1279
1280 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1281 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1282 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1283 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1284 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1285 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1286 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1287 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1288 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1289 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1290 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1291 fragment entirely.)
1292
1293 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1294 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1295 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1296
1297 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1298 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1299 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1300 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1301
1302 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1303 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1304 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1305 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1306 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1307 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1308
1309 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1310 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1311
1312 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1313 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1314
1315 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1316 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1317 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1318 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1319 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1320
1321 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1322 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1323 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1324 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1325 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1326 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1327 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1328 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1329 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1330 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1331 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1332 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1333 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1334 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1335 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1336 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1337 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1338 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1339 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1340 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1341 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1342 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1343 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1344 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1345 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1346 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1347
1348 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1349
1350 CHANGES WITH 231:
1351
1352 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1353 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1354 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1355 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1356 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1357 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1358 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1359 independently.
1360
1361 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1362 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1363
1364 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1365 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1366 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1367 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1368 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1369 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1370 values.
1371
1372 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1373 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1374 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1375 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1376 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1377
1378 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1379 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1380 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1381 7:10am every day.
1382
1383 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1384 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1385 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1386 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1387 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1388 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1389 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1390 available for compatibility.
1391
1392 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1393 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1394 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1395 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1396 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1397 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1398
1399 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1400 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1401 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1402 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1403 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1404 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1405 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1406 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1407 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1408
1409 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1410 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1411 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1412 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1413 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1414 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1415 desired options.
1416
1417 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1418 cgroupsv2.
1419
1420 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1421 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1422 limited to subgroups of that group.
1423
1424 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1425 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1426 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1427 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1428 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1429 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1430 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1431 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1432
1433 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1434 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1435 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1436 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1437 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1438 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1439 own long-running services.
1440
1441 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1442 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1443 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1444 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1445
1446 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1447 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1448 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1449 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1450 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1451 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1452 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1453 primitives.
1454
1455 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1456 "terminate".
1457
1458 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1459 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1460
1461 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1462 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1463 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1464 --flush-caches".
1465
1466 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1467 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1468 is shown.
1469
1470 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1471 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1472 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1473 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1474 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1475 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1476
1477 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1478 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1479 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1480 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1481 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1482 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1483 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1484 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1485 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1486 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1487 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1488 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1489 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1490 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1491 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1492 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1493 bus API instead.
1494
1495 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1496 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1497 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1498 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1499
1500 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1501 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1502 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1503 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1504
1505 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1506 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1507 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1508
1509 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1510 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1511
1512 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1513 interface configuration.
1514
1515 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1516 specifying the --force switch.
1517
1518 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1519 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1520 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1521
1522 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1523 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1524 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1525 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1526 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1527 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1528 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1529 to be handled.
1530
1531 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1532 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1533
1534 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1535 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1536
1537 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1538 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1539 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1540
1541 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1542 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1543
1544 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1545 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1546 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1547 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1548 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1549 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1550 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1551 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1552 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1553 library.
1554
1555 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1556 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1557 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1558 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1559 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1560 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1561 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1562 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1563 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1564 HACKING for details.
1565
1566 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1567 distribution's bugtracker.
1568
1569 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1570 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1571 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1572 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1573 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1574 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1575 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1576 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1577 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1578 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1579 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1580 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1581 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1582 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1583 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1584 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1585 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1586 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1587 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1588
1589 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1590
1591 CHANGES WITH 230:
1592
1593 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1594 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1595 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1596 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1597 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1598 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1599 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1600 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1601 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1602 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1603 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1604 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1605 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1606 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1607 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1608 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1609 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1610 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1611 applications.)
1612
1613 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1614 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1615 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1616
1617 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1618 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1619 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1620 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1621 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1622 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1623 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1624
1625 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1626 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1627 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1628 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1629 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1630 command works for tmux.
1631
1632 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1633 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1634 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1635 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1636 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1637 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1638
1639 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1640 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1641
1642 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1643 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1644 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1645
1646 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1647
1648 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1649 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1650 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1651 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1652 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1653
1654 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1655 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1656 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1657 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1658
1659 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1660 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1661 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1662 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1663 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1664 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1665
1666 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1667 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1668 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1669
1670 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1671 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1672 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1673 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1674 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1675 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1676
1677 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1678 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1679 address.
1680
1681 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1682 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1683 should be emitted.
1684
1685 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1686 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1687 supported.
1688
1689 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1690 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1691 logging performance.
1692
1693 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1694 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1695 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1696 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1697 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1698 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1699
1700 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1701 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1702 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1703 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1704
1705 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1706 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1707
1708 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1709 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1710 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1711
1712 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1713
1714 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1715 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1716 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1717 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1718
1719 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1720 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1721 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1722 refuse to operate on such files.
1723
1724 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1725 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1726 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1727
1728 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1729 just hidden container images.
1730
1731 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1732 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1733
1734 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1735 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1736 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1737 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1738 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1739 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1740 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1741 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1742 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1743 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1744 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1745
1746 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1747 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1748 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1749 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1750 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1751 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1752 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1753 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1754 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1755 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1756 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1757 terminates.
1758
1759 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1760 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1761 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1762 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1763
1764 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1765 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1766 rate of the socket unit.
1767
1768 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1769 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1770 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1771 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1772 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1773
1774 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1775 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1776 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1777 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1778 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1779 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1780 with this.
1781
1782 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1783 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1784
1785 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1786 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1787
1788 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1789 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1790 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1791 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1792 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1793
1794 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1795 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1796 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1797
1798 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1799 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1800 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1801 target is now included in early userspace.
1802
1803 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1804 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1805 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1806 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1807 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1808 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1809 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1810 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1811 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1812 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1813 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1814 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1815 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1816 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1817 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1818 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1819 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1820 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1821 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1822 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1823 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1824 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1825 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1826 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1827 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1828 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1829
1830 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1831
1832 CHANGES WITH 229:
1833
1834 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1835 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1836 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1837 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1838 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1839 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1840 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1841 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1842 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1843 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1844 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1845 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1846 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1847
1848 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1849 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1850 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1851 /usr/bin.
1852
1853 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1854 devices.
1855
1856 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1857 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1858 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1859 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1860 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1861 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1862 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1863 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1864 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1865 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1866 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1867 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1868 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1869 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1870 this limit.
1871
1872 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1873 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1874 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1875 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1876 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1877 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1878 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1879 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1880
1881 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1882 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1883 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1884 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1885 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1886 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1887 and group at package installation time.
1888
1889 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1890 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1891 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1892 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1893 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1894
1895 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1896 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1897 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1898 supports it.
1899
1900 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1901 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1902
1903 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1904 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1905 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1906 file is already initialized.
1907
1908 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1909 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1910 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1911 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1912 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1913 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1914 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1915 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1916 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1917
1918 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1919 working directory for the process started in the container.
1920
1921 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1922 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1923 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1924 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1925 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1926
1927 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1928 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1929 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1930
1931 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1932 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1933 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1934 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1935
1936 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1937 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1938 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1939 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1940 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1941
1942 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1943 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1944 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1945 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1946
1947 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1948 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1949 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1950 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1951 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1952 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1953 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1954 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1955 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1956 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1957 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1958 by PID 1.
1959
1960 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1961 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1962 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1963 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1964 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1965 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1966 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1967 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1968
1969 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1970
1971 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1972 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1973 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1974
1975 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1976 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1977 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1978 recent kernels.
1979
1980 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1981 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1982
1983 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1984 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1985 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1986 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1987 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1988 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1989 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1990 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1991 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1992 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1993 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1994 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1995 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1996
1997 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1998 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1999 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2000 clusters or larger setups.
2001
2002 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2003
2004 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2005 sockets.
2006
2007 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2008
2009 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2010 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2011 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2012 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2013 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2014 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2015
2016 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2017 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2018 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2019
2020 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2021 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
2022 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2023 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
2024
2025 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
2026
2027 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2028 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2029 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2030 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2031 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2032 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2033 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2034 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2035 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2036 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2037 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2038 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2039 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2040 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2041 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2042 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2043 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2044 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2045 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2046
2047 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
2048
2049 CHANGES WITH 228:
2050
2051 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2052 files are now also available as properties to set when
2053 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2054 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2055 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2056 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2057 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2058 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2059 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2060
2061 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2062 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2063 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
2064
2065 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2066 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2067 created transiently.
2068
2069 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2070 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2071 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2072 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2073 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
2074 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
2075 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2076 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2077
2078 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2079 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2080 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2081
2082 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2083 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2084 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2085 enabled.
2086
2087 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2088 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2089 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2090 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2091 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2092 subvolumes.
2093
2094 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2095 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2096
2097 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2098 individual indexes.
2099
2100 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2101 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2102 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2103 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2104 suffixes now.
2105
2106 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2107 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2108 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2109 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2110 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2111 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2112 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2113 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2114 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2115 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2116 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2117 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2118 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2119 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2120 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2121 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2122 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2123 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2124 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2125 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2126 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2127
2128 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2129 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2130 links between the host and the container.
2131
2132 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2133 added that allows importing select environment variables
2134 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2135 the service.
2136
2137 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
2138 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
2139 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2140 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2141 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2142 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2143 than until they first elapse.
2144
2145 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
2146 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2147 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
2148 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2149 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2150 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2151 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2152 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2153
2154 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2155 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2156 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2157 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2158 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2159 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2160 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
2161 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
2162 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2163 journal and in coredump handling.
2164
2165 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2166 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2167 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
2168 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
2169 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2170 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2171 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2172 software you package still references it, as this is a
2173 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2174 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2175
2176 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
2177
2178 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2179 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2180
2181 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2182 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2183 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2184
2185 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2186 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2187 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2188 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2189 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2190 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2191 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2192 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2193 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2194 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2195 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2196 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2197 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2198 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2199 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2200 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2201
2202 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2203 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2204 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2205 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2206 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2207 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2208 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2209 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2210 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2211 surprises.
2212
2213 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2214 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2215 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2216 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2217 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2218 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2219 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2220 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2221 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2222 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2223 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2224 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2225 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2226 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2227 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2228 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2229 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2230 of PID 1 is the root user).
2231
2232 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2233 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2234 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2235 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2236 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2237 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2238 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2239 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2240 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2241 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2242 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2243 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2244 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2245 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2246 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2247
2248 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2249
2250 CHANGES WITH 227:
2251
2252 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2253 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2254 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2255
2256 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2257 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2258 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2259 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2260 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2261 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2262
2263 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2264 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2265 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2266 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2267 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2268
2269 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2270 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2271 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2272 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2273 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2274 packets on unestablished sockets.
2275
2276 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2277 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2278 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2279 automatically.
2280
2281 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2282 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2283 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2284
2285 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2286 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2287 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2288 for disk IO.
2289
2290 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2291 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2292 removed.
2293
2294 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2295 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2296 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2297 configured in User=.
2298
2299 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2300 directory of the selected user by default.
2301
2302 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2303 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2304 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2305 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2306 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2307 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2308 compat reasons.
2309
2310 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2311 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2312 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2313 units.
2314
2315 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2316 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2317 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2318 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2319 level.
2320
2321 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2322 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2323 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2324 namespaces work correctly.
2325
2326 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2327 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2328 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2329 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2330 activation.
2331
2332 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2333 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2334 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2335 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2336 system instance in a container.
2337
2338 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2339 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2340 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2341 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2342 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2343 connections.
2344
2345 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2346 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2347
2348 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2349 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2350 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2351 processes attached, or similar.
2352
2353 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2354 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2355 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2356
2357 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2358 specifiers like %i or %f.
2359
2360 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2361 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2362 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2363 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2364
2365 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2366 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2367 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2368 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2369 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2370 descriptors using sd_notify().
2371
2372 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2373
2374 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2375 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2376
2377 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2378 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2379
2380 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2381 .network files.
2382
2383 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2384 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2385 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2386 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2387 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2388 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2389 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2390 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2391 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2392 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2393 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2394 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2395 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2396 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2397 gdm-autologin is used.
2398
2399 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2400 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2401 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2402 next to the image file.
2403
2404 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2405 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2406 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2407 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2408
2409 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2410 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2411 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2412 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2413 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2414 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2415
2416 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2417 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2418 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2419 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2420 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2421 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2422 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2423 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2424 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2425 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2426 number of files in place.
2427
2428 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2429 on kernels where that is supported.
2430
2431 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2432
2433 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2434 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2435 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2436 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2437 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2438 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2439 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2440 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2441 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2442 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2443 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2444 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2445 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2446 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2447 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2448 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2449 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2450 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2451
2452 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2453
2454 CHANGES WITH 226:
2455
2456 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2457 new features:
2458
2459 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2460 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2461 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2462 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2463 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2464 is any) is propagated.
2465
2466 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2467 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2468 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2469 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2470 information is enabled between host and containers by
2471 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2472 to what the host has set.
2473
2474 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2475 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2476
2477 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2478 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2479 information back, even if the server loses state.
2480
2481 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2482 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2483 PoolSize=.
2484
2485 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2486 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2487 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2488 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2489
2490 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2491 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2492 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2493 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2494 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2495
2496 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2497 for virtio devices.
2498
2499 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2500 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2501 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2502 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2503 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2504 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2505 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2506 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2507 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2508 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2509 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2510 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2511 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2512 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2513 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2514 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2515 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2516 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2517 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2518 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2519 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2520 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2521 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2522 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2523 grants them.
2524
2525 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2526 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2527 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2528 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2529 group tree.
2530
2531 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2532 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2533 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2534 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2535 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2536 work correctly in containers now.
2537
2538 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2539 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2540
2541 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2542 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2543 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2544 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2545 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2546
2547 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2548 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2549 signal events.
2550
2551 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2552 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2553 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2554 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2555 on these parameters.
2556
2557 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2558 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2559 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2560 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2561 nspawn command line.
2562
2563 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2564 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2565 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2566 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2567 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2568 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2569 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2570 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2571
2572 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2573
2574 CHANGES WITH 225:
2575
2576 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2577 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2578 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2579 shell directly without prompting for username or
2580 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2581 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2582 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2583 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2584 the originating session.
2585
2586 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2587 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2588
2589 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2590 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2591 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2592 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2593 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2594 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2595 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2596 this release.
2597
2598 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2599 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2600 messages.
2601
2602 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2603 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2604 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2605
2606 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2607 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2608
2609 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2610 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2611 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2612 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2613 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2614 posteriori.
2615
2616 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2617 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2618
2619 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2620 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2621 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2622 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2623 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2624 "lastlog" tools.
2625
2626 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2627 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2628 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2629 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2630 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2631
2632 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2633 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2634 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2635 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2636 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2637 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2638 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2639 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2640 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2641 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2642 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2643 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2644
2645 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2646
2647 CHANGES WITH 224:
2648
2649 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2650 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2651
2652 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2653 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2654 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2655
2656 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2657 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2658 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2659
2660 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2661
2662 CHANGES WITH 223:
2663
2664 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2665 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2666 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2667 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2668
2669 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2670 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2671
2672 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2673 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2674
2675 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2676
2677 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2678 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2679 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2680
2681 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2682 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2683 decapsulated packet.
2684
2685 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2686 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2687 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2688 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2689 netlink attribute.
2690
2691 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2692 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2693 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2694 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2695
2696 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2697 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2698 according to RFC2460.
2699
2700 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2701 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2702
2703 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2704 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2705 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2706
2707 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2708 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2709 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2710 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2711 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2712 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2713
2714 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2715 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2716 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2717 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2718 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2719 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2720 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2721 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2722 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2723 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2724
2725 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2726
2727 CHANGES WITH 222:
2728
2729 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2730 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2731 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2732
2733 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2734 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2735
2736 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2737 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2738 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2739 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2740 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2741
2742 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2743 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2744 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2745
2746 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2747 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2748 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2749 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2750 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2751
2752 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2753
2754 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2755 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2756 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2757 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2758 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2759 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2760 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2761 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2762 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2763 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2764
2765 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2766
2767 CHANGES WITH 221:
2768
2769 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2770 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2771 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2772 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2773 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2774 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2775 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2776 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2777 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2778 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2779 portable to other kernels.
2780
2781 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2782 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2783 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2784 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2785 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2786 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2787 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2788 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2789 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2790 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2791 systemd enabled.
2792
2793 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2794 2.26.
2795
2796 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2797 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2798 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2799 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2800 in README for details.
2801
2802 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2803 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2804 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2805 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2806 unit.
2807
2808 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2809 into man pages.
2810
2811 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2812 external project.
2813
2814 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2815 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2816
2817 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2818 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2819 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2820 state.
2821
2822 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2823 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2824 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2825
2826 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2827 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2828 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2829 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2830 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2831 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2832 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2833 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2834 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2835 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2836 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2837 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2838 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2839 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2840 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2841 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2842
2843 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2844
2845 CHANGES WITH 220:
2846
2847 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2848 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2849 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2850 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2851 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2852 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2853 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2854 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2855
2856 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2857 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2858 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2859 service consumed). This value is only available if
2860 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2861 in the "systemctl status" output.
2862
2863 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2864 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2865 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2866 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2867 previously was already the default behaviour).
2868
2869 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2870 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2871 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2872
2873 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2874 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2875 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2876 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2877
2878 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2879 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2880 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2881 journalling file systems that support external journal
2882 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2883 systems to be mounted.
2884
2885 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2886 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2887 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2888 stable release this should not be problematic.
2889
2890 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2891 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2892 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2893 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2894 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2895
2896 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2897 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2898 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2899 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2900 network switches.
2901
2902 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2903 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2904
2905 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2906 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2907 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2908
2909 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2910
2911 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2912 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2913 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2914 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2915 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2916 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2917 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2918 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2919 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2920 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2921 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2922 been fixed in v220.
2923
2924 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2925 systemd-networkd.
2926
2927 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2928 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2929 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2930 containers started from the command line.
2931
2932 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2933 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2934
2935 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2936 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2937 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2938 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2939
2940 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2941 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2942 when shutting down.
2943
2944 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2945 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2946 overlayfs support.
2947
2948 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2949 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2950 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2951 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2952 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2953 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2954 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2955
2956 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2957 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2958 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2959
2960 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2961 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2962 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2963 of v1 as before).
2964
2965 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2966 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2967
2968 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2969 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2970 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2971 their own sessions without further privileges or
2972 authorization.
2973
2974 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2975 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2976 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2977 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2978 accessible via a bus interface.
2979
2980 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2981 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2982 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2983 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2984 to cover this functionality.
2985
2986 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2987 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2988 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2989 disabled/masked also stopped.
2990
2991 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2992 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2993 updated to support systemd-boot.
2994
2995 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2996 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2997 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2998 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2999 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
3000 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
3001 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3002 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3003 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3004
3005 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3006 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3007 system.
3008
3009 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3010 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3011 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3012 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3013 device symlinks.
3014
3015 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3016 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3017 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3018 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3019
3020 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3021 stick devices has been added.
3022
3023 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3024 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3025
3026 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3027 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3028 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3029 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3030 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3031
3032 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3033 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3034 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3035
3036 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3037 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3038 Debian.
3039
3040 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3041 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3042 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3043
3044 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3045 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3046 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3047 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3048 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3049 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3050 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3051 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3052 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3053 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3054 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3055 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3056 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3057 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3058 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3059 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3060 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3061 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3062 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3063 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3064 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3065 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3066 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3067 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3068 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3069 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3070 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3071
3072 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
3073
3074 CHANGES WITH 219:
3075
3076 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3077 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3078 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3079 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3080 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3081 interface with and update the database.
3082
3083 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3084 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3085 before bytewise copying is done.
3086
3087 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3088 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3089 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3090 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3091 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3092 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3093 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3094 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3095 available on btrfs file systems.
3096
3097 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3098 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
3099 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
3100 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3101 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3102 systems.
3103
3104 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3105 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3106 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3107 mount point remains.
3108
3109 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3110 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3111 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3112 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3113 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3114 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3115 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3116 are disabled.
3117
3118 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3119 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3120 container to the host or vice versa.
3121
3122 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3123 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3124 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3125
3126 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3127 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3128
3129 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3130 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3131 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3132 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3133 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3134 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3135 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3136 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3137 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
3138 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
3139 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3140 make the functionality of importd available to the
3141 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3142 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3143 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3144 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3145 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3146 only fully supported on btrfs.
3147
3148 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3149 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3150 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3151 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3152 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3153 information about images.
3154
3155 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3156 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
3157 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
3158 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3159 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3160 legacy file systems).
3161
3162 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3163 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3164 shown in networkctl output.
3165
3166 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3167 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3168 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3169 processes as system services while interactively
3170 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3171 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3172 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3173 full login session, the difference being that the former
3174 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3175 setup.
3176
3177 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3178 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3179 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3180 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3181 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3182
3183 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3184 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3185 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3186 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3187 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3188 via qemu/kvm.
3189
3190 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3191 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3192 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3193 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3194 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3195 disk images, too.
3196
3197 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3198 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3199 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3200 integrate with that.
3201
3202 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3203 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3204 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3205 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3206
3207 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3208 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3209 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3210
3211 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3212 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3213 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3214 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3215 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3216 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3217 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3218 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3219 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3220 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3221
3222 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3223 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3224 files.
3225
3226 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3227 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3228 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3229 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3230 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3231 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3232 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3233 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3234 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3235 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3236 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3237 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3238 explicitly turned on.
3239
3240 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3241 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3242 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3243 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3244
3245 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3246 supported.
3247
3248 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3249 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3250 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3251 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3252 associated with a virtual machine or container
3253 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3254 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3255 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3256 output however.)
3257
3258 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3259 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3260 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3261 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3262 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3263 caller's session/user.
3264
3265 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3266 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3267 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3268 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3269 user services.
3270
3271 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3272 same way as unit files.
3273
3274 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3275 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3276 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3277 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3278 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3279 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3280 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3281 the host.
3282
3283 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3284 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3285 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3286 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3287 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3288 host.
3289
3290 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3291 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3292 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3293 updated to make use of it too by default.
3294
3295 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3296 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3297 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3298 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3299
3300 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3301 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3302 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3303 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3304 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3305 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3306 modification.
3307
3308 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3309 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3310 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3311 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3312 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3313 information about Touchpad types.
3314
3315 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3316 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3317
3318 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3319 Policy link field.
3320
3321 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3322 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3323
3324 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3325 ACLs on files.
3326
3327 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3328 tmpfs, automatically.
3329
3330 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3331 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3332 status" output, if available.
3333
3334 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3335 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3336 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3337 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3338 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3339 run on next reboot.
3340
3341 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3342 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3343 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3344 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3345 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3346 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3347 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3348
3349 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3350 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3351 after a configurable timeout.
3352
3353 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3354 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3355 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3356 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3357 it non-idle.
3358
3359 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3360 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3361
3362 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3363 each .network interface in networkd.
3364
3365 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3366 in .network files.
3367
3368 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3369 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3370
3371 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3372 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3373 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3374 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3375 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3376 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3377 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3378 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3379 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3380 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3381 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3382 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3383 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3384 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3385 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3386 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3387 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3388 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3389 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3390 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3391 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3392 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3393 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3394 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3395
3396 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3397
3398 CHANGES WITH 218:
3399
3400 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3401 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3402 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3403 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3404
3405 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3406 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3407 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3408 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3409 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3410
3411 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3412
3413 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3414 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3415 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3416 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3417 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3418 modified configuration after editing.
3419
3420 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3421 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3422 system preset files.
3423
3424 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3425 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3426 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3427 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3428 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3429 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3430 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3431 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3432 other contexts.
3433
3434 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3435 inhibitors.
3436
3437 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3438 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3439 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3440 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3441 managers.
3442
3443 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3444 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3445 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3446 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3447 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3448 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3449 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3450 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3451 parallel to journald.
3452
3453 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3454 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3455 available.
3456
3457 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3458 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3459 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3460 or are not older than the specified time.
3461
3462 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3463 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3464 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3465 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3466
3467 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3468 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3469 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3470 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3471 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3472 communication.
3473
3474 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3475 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3476 services.
3477
3478 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3479 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3480 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3481 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3482 the new "busctl tree" command.
3483
3484 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3485 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3486 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3487 friendly way.
3488
3489 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3490 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3491 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3492 race-ful way.
3493
3494 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3495 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3496 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3497 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3498 --link-journal=try-guest.
3499
3500 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3501 stable MAC addresses.
3502
3503 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3504 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3505 the respective unit shall use.
3506
3507 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3508 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3509 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3510 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3511
3512 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3513 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3514 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3515 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3516 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3517 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3518
3519 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3520 details see:
3521
3522 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3523
3524 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3525 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3526 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3527 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3528 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3529 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3530 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3531 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3532 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3533 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3534 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3535 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3536
3537 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3538 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3539 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3540 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3541 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3542
3543 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3544 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3545 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3546 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3547 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3548 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3549 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3550 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3551
3552 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3553 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3554 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3555 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3556 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3557 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3558 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3559 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3560 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3561 interface.
3562
3563 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3564 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3565 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3566 luks.name= argument.
3567
3568 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3569 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3570 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3571 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3572 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3573 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3574
3575 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3576 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3577 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3578
3579 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3580 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3581 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3582 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3583 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3584 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3585 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3586 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3587 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3588 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3589 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3590 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3591 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3592 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3593 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3594 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3595 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3596 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3597
3598 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3599
3600 CHANGES WITH 217:
3601
3602 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3603 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3604 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3605 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3606
3607 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3608 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3609 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3610 now waits until the operation is complete.
3611
3612 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3613 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3614 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3615 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3616 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3617 connection.
3618
3619 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3620 commands anymore.
3621
3622 * User units are now loaded also from
3623 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3624 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3625 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3626
3627 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3628 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3629 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3630 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3631 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3632 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3633 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3634 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3635 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3636 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3637 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3638 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3639 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3640 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3641 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3642 question.
3643
3644 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3645 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3646 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3647
3648 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3649 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3650 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3651 command line to trigger resume.
3652
3653 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3654 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3655 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3656 Desktop=systemd-console.
3657
3658 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3659 systemd-networkd.
3660
3661 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3662 from the information provided by the networking stack
3663 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3664
3665 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3666 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3667
3668 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3669 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3670 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3671
3672 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3673
3674 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3675 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3676 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3677 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3678 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3679 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3680
3681 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3682 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3683 respected.
3684
3685 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3686 virtualization.
3687
3688 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3689 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3690 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3691 on.
3692
3693 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3694
3695 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3696
3697 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3698 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3699 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3700 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3701 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3702 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3703 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3704
3705 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3706 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3707 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3708 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3709 from the service's view entirely.
3710
3711 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3712 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3713
3714 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3715 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3716 session.
3717
3718 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3719 legacy-free systems.
3720
3721 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3722 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3723 easily.
3724
3725 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3726 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3727 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3728 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3729 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3730 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3731 option.
3732
3733 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3734 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3735 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3736 /usr.
3737
3738 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3739 services, not only the main process.
3740
3741 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3742 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3743 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3744 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3745 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3746
3747 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3748 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3749 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3750 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3751 directly from now on, again.
3752
3753 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3754 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3755 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3756 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3757 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3758 unit file enabling and disabling.
3759
3760 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3761 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3762 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3763 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3764 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3765 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3766 unnecessary or unlikely.
3767
3768 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3769 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3770 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3771 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3772
3773 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3774 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3775 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3776 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3777 overwritten at runtime.
3778
3779 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3780 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3781 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3782 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3783 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3784 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3785 segmentation fault.
3786
3787 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3788 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3789 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3790 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3791 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3792 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3793 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3794 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3795 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3796 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3797 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3798 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3799 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3800 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3801 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3802 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3803 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3804 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3805 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3806 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3807 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3808 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3809
3810 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3811
3812 CHANGES WITH 216:
3813
3814 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3815 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3816 implementations should add a
3817
3818 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3819
3820 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3821 default functionality.
3822
3823 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3824 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3825 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3826 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3827 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3828 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3829 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3830 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3831 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3832 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3833 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3834 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3835 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3836
3837 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3838 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3839 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3840 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3841 expected to be added eventually, too.
3842
3843 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3844 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3845 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3846 new command to update these fields.
3847
3848 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3849 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3850 have been discovered via DHCP.
3851
3852 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3853 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3854 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3855 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3856 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3857 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3858 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3859 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3860 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3861 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3862 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3863 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3864 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3865 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3866 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3867 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3868 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3869 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3870 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3871 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3872
3873 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3874 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3875 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3876
3877 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3878 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3879 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3880 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3881 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3882 control utility for networkd.
3883
3884 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3885 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3886 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3887 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3888 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3889 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3890 (NoDelay=).
3891
3892 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3893 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3894
3895 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3896 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3897 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3898 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3899 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3900 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3901
3902 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3903 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3904 of the link.
3905
3906 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3907 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3908
3909 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3910 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3911
3912 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3913 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3914 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3915 for DHCP.
3916
3917 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3918 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3919 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3920 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3921 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3922 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3923 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3924 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3925
3926 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3927 validation of unit files.
3928
3929 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3930 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3931 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3932 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3933 address may now be configured.
3934
3935 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3936 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3937 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3938 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3939
3940 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3941 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3942
3943 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3944 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3945 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3946 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3947
3948 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3949 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3950 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3951 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3952 implementation.
3953
3954 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3955 journal data to a remote system running
3956 systemd-journal-remote.
3957
3958 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3959 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3960 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3961 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3962 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3963 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3964 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3965 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3966 version, you have to turn this option on again
3967 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3968
3969 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3970 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3971 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3972
3973 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3974 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3975
3976 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3977 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3978
3979 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3980 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3981 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3982
3983 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3984 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3985 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3986 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3987 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3988
3989 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3990
3991 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3992
3993 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3994 when primary addresses are removed.
3995
3996 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3997 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3998 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3999 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4000 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4001 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4002 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4003 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4004 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4005 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4006 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4007 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4008 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4009 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4010 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4011
4012 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
4013
4014 CHANGES WITH 215:
4015
4016 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4017 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4018 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4019 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4020 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4021 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4022 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4023 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4024 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4025 require.
4026
4027 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4028 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4029
4030 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4031 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4032 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4033 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4034 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4035 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4036 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4037
4038 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4039 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4040 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4041 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4042 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4043 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4044 update or reset should use this condition and order
4045 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4046 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4047 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4048 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4049 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4050 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4051 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
4052 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
4053 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4054
4055 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4056
4057 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4058 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4059 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
4060 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4061
4062 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4063 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4064 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4065 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4066 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4067 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4068 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
4069 .network files using settings of this section should be
4070 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4071 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
4072
4073 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4074 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
4075
4076 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4077 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4078 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4079 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4080 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4081 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4082 of nspawn instances.
4083
4084 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4085 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4086 added.
4087
4088 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4089 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4090 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4091 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4092 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4093 configuration stored in /etc.
4094
4095 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4096 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4097 parsing of unknown mount options.
4098
4099 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4100 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4101 it already exist and not already be the correct
4102 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
4103 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4104 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4105 pre-existing files of different types.
4106
4107 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4108 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
4109 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
4110 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4111 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4112 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4113 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4114
4115 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4116 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4117 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4118 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4119 shall be executed.
4120
4121 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4122 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
4123 example whether it is fully up and running.
4124
4125 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4126 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4127 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4128 reset.
4129
4130 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4131 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4132
4133 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4134 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4135 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4136
4137 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4138 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4139 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4140
4141 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4142 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4143 access to this group.
4144
4145 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4146 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4147 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4148 to the journal.
4149
4150 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4151 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4152 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4153 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4154 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4155 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4156
4157 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4158 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4159 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4160 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4161 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4162 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4163 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4164 the old name to the new name.
4165
4166 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
4167 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
4168 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4169
4170 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4171 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4172 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4173 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4174 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4175 "systemd-debug-generator".
4176
4177 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4178 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4179 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4180 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4181 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4182 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4183 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
4184 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4185 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
4186 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4187 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4188
4189 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4190 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4191 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
4192 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4193 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4194 machine and user.
4195
4196 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4197 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4198 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4199 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4200 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4201
4202 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4203 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4204 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4205 couple of drop-in directories.
4206
4207 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4208 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4209 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4210 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4211 for dev_port.
4212
4213 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4214 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4215 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4216 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4217
4218 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4219 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4220 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4221 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4222 Restart= setting.
4223
4224 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4225 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4226 directly connect to a specific container on the
4227 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4228 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4229 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4230 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4231 containers is a privileged operation.
4232
4233 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4234 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4235 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4236 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4237 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4238 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4239 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4240 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4241 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4242 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4243 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4244 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4245
4246 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4247
4248 CHANGES WITH 214:
4249
4250 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4251 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4252 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4253 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4254 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4255 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4256 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4257 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4258 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4259 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4260 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4261 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4262 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4263 devices are excluded from this logic.
4264
4265 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4266 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4267 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4268 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4269 change has been released.
4270
4271 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4272 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4273 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4274
4275 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4276 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4277 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4278 with fewer privileges.
4279
4280 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4281 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4282 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4283 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4284
4285 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4286 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4287
4288 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4289 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4290
4291 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4292 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4293 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4294
4295 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4296 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4297 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4298 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4299 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4300 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4301
4302 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4303 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4304 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4305
4306 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4307 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4308 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4309 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4310 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4311 modifications of user data or system files from
4312 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4313 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4314
4315 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4316 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4317 and FIFOs in the file system.
4318
4319 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4320 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4321 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4322
4323 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4324 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4325 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4326 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4327 the socket itself.
4328
4329 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4330 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4331 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4332 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4333 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4334 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4335 symlinks, and nothing else.
4336
4337 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4338 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4339 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4340 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4341 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4342 process (for example, the parent process). The
4343 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4344 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4345 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4346 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4347 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4348 messages to services when the originating process already
4349 vanished.
4350
4351 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4352 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4353 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4354 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4355 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4356 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4357 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4358 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4359 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4360 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4361 all long-running services.
4362
4363 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4364 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4365 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4366 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4367 service.
4368
4369 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4370 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4371 applied to all submounts, too.
4372
4373 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4374
4375 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4376 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4377 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4378 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4379 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4380 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4381 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4382
4383 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4384 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4385 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4386 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4387 (domU) domains.
4388
4389 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4390 files or entire directories.
4391
4392 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4393 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4394 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4395 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4396 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4397
4398 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4399 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4400 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4401 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4402 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4403 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4404 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4405 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4406 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4407 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4408 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4409 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4410
4411 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4412 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4413 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4414 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4415
4416 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4417 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4418 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4419 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4420 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4421 non-directories.
4422
4423 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4424 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4425 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4426
4427 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4428 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4429 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4430 this group.
4431
4432 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4433 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4434 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4435 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4436 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4437 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4438 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4439
4440 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4441
4442 CHANGES WITH 213:
4443
4444 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4445 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4446 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4447 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4448 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4449 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4450 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4451 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4452 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4453 client should be more than appropriate for most
4454 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4455 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4456 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4457 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4458 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4459 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4460 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4461 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4462 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4463 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4464 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4465
4466 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4467 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4468 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4469 part of a different namespace.
4470
4471 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4472 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4473 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4474 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4475
4476 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4477 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4478 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4479
4480 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4481 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4482 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4483 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4484 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4485 restart the service in question.
4486
4487 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4488 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4489 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4490 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4491 details when running non-locally.
4492
4493 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4494 graphs it generates.
4495
4496 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4497 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4498 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4499 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4500 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4501
4502 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4503
4504 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4505 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4506 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4507 what it was on SysV systems.
4508
4509 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4510 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4511
4512 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4513 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4514 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4515 files.
4516
4517 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4518 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4519 to show these addresses in its output.
4520
4521 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4522 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4523 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4524 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4525 preferred over a text one.
4526
4527 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4528 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4529 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4530 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4531 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4532 mDNS cache.
4533
4534 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4535 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4536 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4537 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4538 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4539
4540 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4541 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4542 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4543 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4544 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4545
4546 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4547 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4548 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4549 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4550 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4551 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4552 overrides any other settings.
4553
4554 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4555 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4556 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4557 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4558 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4559 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4560 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4561 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4562 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4563 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4564 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4565 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4566 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4567 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4568 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4569 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4570 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4571
4572 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4573
4574 CHANGES WITH 212:
4575
4576 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4577 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4578 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4579 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4580 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4581 by accident.
4582
4583 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4584 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4585 registered with machined.
4586
4587 * sd-login gained new calls
4588 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4589 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4590 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4591 counterparts.
4592
4593 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4594 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4595 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4596 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4597 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4598 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4599 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4600 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4601 once.
4602
4603 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4604 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4605 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4606
4607 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4608 units on all local containers, when used with the
4609 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4610 executed when no parameters are specified).
4611
4612 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4613 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4614 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4615 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4616
4617 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4618 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4619 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4620 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4621 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4622 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4623
4624 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4625 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4626 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4627 of the container.
4628
4629 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4630 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4631 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4632 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4633 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4634 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4635 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4636 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4637
4638 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4639 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4640 instead of /.
4641
4642 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4643 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4644 emergency messages now.
4645
4646 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4647 journal log messages across the network.
4648
4649 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4650 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4651 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4652 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4653 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4654 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4655 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4656
4657 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4658 down a local OS container.
4659
4660 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4661 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4662 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4663
4664 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4665 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4666 this is appropriate.
4667
4668 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4669 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4670 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4671
4672 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4673 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4674 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4675 for debugging purposes.
4676
4677 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4678 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4679 in seconds.
4680
4681 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4682 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4683 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4684 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4685 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4686 like on traditional inetd.
4687
4688 * A new system.conf configuration option
4689 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4690 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4691
4692 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4693 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4694 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4695 do these days).
4696
4697 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4698 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4699 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4700 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4701 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4702 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4703
4704 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4705 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4706 it will be triggered.
4707
4708 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4709 addresses to its local interfaces.
4710
4711 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4712 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4713 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4714 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4715 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4716 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4717 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4718 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4719 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4720
4721 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4722
4723 CHANGES WITH 211:
4724
4725 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4726 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4727 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4728 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4729 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4730 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4731
4732 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4733 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4734 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4735 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4736 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4737 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4738 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4739 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4740 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4741
4742 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4743 matching against device group names.
4744
4745 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4746 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4747 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4748 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4749 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4750 though.
4751
4752 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4753 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4754 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4755 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4756 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4757 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4758 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4759 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4760 systems prepared appropriately.
4761
4762 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4763 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4764 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4765 (see above). This means that installations made with
4766 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4767 deployed using container managers, completely
4768 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4769 this feature soon, too.)
4770
4771 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4772 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4773 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4774 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4775
4776 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4777 using IPv4LL.
4778
4779 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4780 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4781 systemd-networkd.
4782
4783 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4784 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4785 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4786 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4787 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4788
4789 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4790 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4791 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4792 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4793 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4794 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4795 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4796 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4797 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4798 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4799 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4800 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4801 users.
4802
4803 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4804 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4805 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4806 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4807 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4808 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4809 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4810 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4811 due to a closed lid.
4812
4813 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4814 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4815 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4816 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4817 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4818 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4819
4820 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4821 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4822 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4823 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4824 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4825
4826 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4827 now also work in --scope mode.
4828
4829 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4830 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4831 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4832 promises are made.)
4833
4834 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4835 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4836 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4837 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4838 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4839 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4840 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4841 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4842 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4843 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4844
4845 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4846
4847 CHANGES WITH 210:
4848
4849 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4850 according to SMACK rules.
4851
4852 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4853 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4854
4855 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4856 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4857 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4858
4859 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4860 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4861 and machine ID.
4862
4863 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4864 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4865 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4866 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4867 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4868 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4869 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4870 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4871 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4872 backpack or similar.
4873
4874 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4875 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4876 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4877 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4878 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4879 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4880 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4881 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4882 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4883 this on its own.
4884
4885 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4886 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4887 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4888 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4889
4890 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4891 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4892 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4893 --network-bridge= switches.
4894
4895 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4896 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4897 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4898 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4899 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4900 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4901 each configuration option.
4902
4903 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4904 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4905 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4906 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4907 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4908
4909 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4910 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4911 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4912 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4913 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4914
4915 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4916 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4917 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4918 default however.
4919
4920 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4921 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4922 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4923 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4924 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4925 them with systemd-networkd.
4926
4927 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4928 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4929 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4930 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4931 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4932 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4933 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4934 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4935 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4936 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4937 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4938 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4939 during a transitional period!
4940
4941 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4942 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4943 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4944 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4945 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4946 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4947 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4948 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4949
4950 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4951
4952 CHANGES WITH 209:
4953
4954 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4955 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4956 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4957 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4958 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4959 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4960 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4961 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4962 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4963 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4964 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4965 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4966
4967 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4968 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4969 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4970 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4971 machines and the like.
4972
4973 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4974 shutdown/boot.
4975
4976 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4977 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4978
4979 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4980 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4981 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4982 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4983
4984 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4985 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4986 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4987 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4988 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4989 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4990
4991 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4992 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4993 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4994 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4995 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4996 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4997 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4998 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4999 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
5000
5001 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
5002 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
5003
5004 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5005 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5006 implementation.
5007
5008 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
5009 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
5010 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5011 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5012 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5013 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5014 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5015 and .service units.
5016
5017 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5018 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5019 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5020
5021 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
5022 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
5023 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
5024 nothing makes use of it.
5025
5026 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5027 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5028 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5029
5030 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5031 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5032 compatibility purposes.
5033
5034 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5035 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5036 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
5037 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
5038 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5039 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5040 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5041 process handling.
5042
5043 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5044 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5045 style to "sd-bus.h".
5046
5047 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5048 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
5049 "systemd-networkd".
5050
5051 * There is a new kernel command line option
5052 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5053 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5054 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5055 are not restored.
5056
5057 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5058 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5059 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5060 PID1's support for that anymore.
5061
5062 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
5063 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5064
5065 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5066 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5067 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5068 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5069 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5070 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5071
5072 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
5073 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
5074 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5075 onto remote systems.
5076
5077 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5078 login in any local container. This works with any container
5079 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
5080 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
5081
5082 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5083 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5084 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5085 system of some kind.
5086
5087 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5088 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5089 next.
5090
5091 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5092 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5093 reboot() system call.
5094
5095 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5096 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
5097 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
5098 still available but not advertised anymore.
5099
5100 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5101 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
5102 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
5103 within each Unit.
5104
5105 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5106 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
5107 the kernel).
5108
5109 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
5110 timestamps (following the setting in
5111 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
5112
5113 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5114 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5115
5116 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5117 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5118
5119 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5120 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5121 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5122
5123 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5124 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
5125 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5126 the full configuration is shown.
5127
5128 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5129 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
5130 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5131
5132 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
5133
5134 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5135 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5136
5137 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
5138 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5139 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5140 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5141
5142 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5143 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5144 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5145 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5146
5147 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5148 of the legend text.
5149
5150 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5151 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5152 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5153 remote sessions.
5154
5155 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5156 information of SDIO devices.
5157
5158 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5159 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5160 the system manager.
5161
5162 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
5163 short description of the connection parameters in the
5164 description.
5165
5166 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
5167 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
5168 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
5169 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5170 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5171 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5172 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
5173
5174 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
5175 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
5176 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
5177 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5178 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5179 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
5180 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
5181 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
5182 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5183
5184 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5185 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5186 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5187 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
5188 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5189 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
5190 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
5191 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
5192 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5193 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5194 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5195 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5196 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5197 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5198 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5199 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5200 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5201 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5202 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
5203 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
5204 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
5205 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5206 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5207
5208 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
5209 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5210 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5211 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5212 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5213 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5214 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5215 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5216 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5217 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5218 APIs.
5219
5220 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5221 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5222 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5223 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5224 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5225 declare the APIs stable.
5226
5227 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5228 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5229 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5230 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5231 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5232 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5233 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5234 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5235 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5236 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5237 one of them is updated.
5238
5239 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5240 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5241 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5242 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5243 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5244
5245 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5246 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5247 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5248 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5249 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5250 entry points.
5251
5252 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5253 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5254 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5255 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5256 been disabled at compile-time.
5257
5258 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5259 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5260 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5261 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5262
5263 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5264 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5265 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5266
5267 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5268 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5269 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5270
5271 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5272 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5273 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5274
5275 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5276 remains until jobs expire.
5277
5278 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5279 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5280 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5281 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5282 all remaining processes of the service.
5283
5284 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5285 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5286 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5287 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5288 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5289 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5290 manager process which created them takes no further
5291 responsibilities for it.
5292
5293 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5294 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5295 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5296 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5297 marked executable or world-writable.
5298
5299 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5300 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5301 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5302 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5303
5304 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5305 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5306 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5307 independent of the host.
5308
5309 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5310 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5311 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5312 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5313
5314 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5315 with specific SELinux labels set.
5316
5317 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5318 any additional output but the container's own console
5319 output.
5320
5321 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5322 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5323
5324 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5325 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5326 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5327 OS images, but only specific apps.
5328
5329 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5330 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5331 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5332 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5333
5334 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5335 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5336 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5337 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5338 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5339 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5340
5341 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5342 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5343 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5344 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5345 units to use.
5346
5347 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5348 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5349 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5350 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5351
5352 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5353 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5354 context for a service.
5355
5356 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5357 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5358 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5359 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5360 influence this logic.
5361
5362 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5363 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5364 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5365 other things.
5366
5367 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5368 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5369 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5370 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5371 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5372 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5373 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5374 architectures). There is also a global
5375 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5376 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5377
5378 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5379 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5380
5381 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5382 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5383 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5384 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5385 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5386 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5387 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5388 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5389 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5390 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5391 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5392 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5393 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5394 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5395 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5396 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5397 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5398 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5399 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5400 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5401 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5402 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5403 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5404 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5405
5406 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5407
5408 CHANGES WITH 208:
5409
5410 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5411 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5412 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5413 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5414 access input and drm devices which are normally
5415 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5416 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5417 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5418 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5419 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5420 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5421 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5422 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5423
5424 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5425 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5426 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5427
5428 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5429 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5430 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5431 kernel version number.
5432
5433 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5434 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5435 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5436
5437 * This release removes high-level support for the
5438 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5439 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5440 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5441 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5442
5443 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5444 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5445 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5446 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5447 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5448 cgroup system.
5449
5450 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5451 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5452 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5453 logs among other things.
5454
5455 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5456 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5457 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5458 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5459 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5460 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5461 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5462 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5463 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5464 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5465 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5466 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5467 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5468 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5469 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5470 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5471 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5472 not delayed until next reboot.
5473
5474 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5475 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5476 systemd generated files in one directory.
5477
5478 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5479 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5480 performance information if that's available to determine how
5481 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5482 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5483 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5484
5485 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5486 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5487 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5488 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5489 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5490 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5491 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5492
5493 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5494
5495 CHANGES WITH 207:
5496
5497 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5498 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5499 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5500 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5501
5502 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5503 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5504 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5505 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5506 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5507
5508 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5509 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5510
5511 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5512 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5513 maximum number of tries.
5514
5515 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5516 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5517 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5518
5519 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5520 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5521
5522 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5523 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5524 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5525
5526 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5527 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5528 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5529
5530 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5531 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5532 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5533 and type).
5534
5535 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5536 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5537
5538 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5539 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5540 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5541 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5542
5543 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5544 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5545 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5546 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5547 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5548 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5549 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5550 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5551
5552 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5553 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5554 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5555 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5556
5557 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5558 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5559 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5560 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5561 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5562 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5563 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5564
5565 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5566 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5567
5568 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5569 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5570 automatically after the process terminated.
5571
5572 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5573 certain paths from operation.
5574
5575 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5576 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5577 is received.
5578
5579 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5580 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5581 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5582 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5583 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5584 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5585 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5586 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5587 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5588 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5589 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5590 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5591 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5592
5593 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5594
5595 CHANGES WITH 206:
5596
5597 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5598 concepts introduced with 205.
5599
5600 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5601 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5602 -r".
5603
5604 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5605 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5606 --state= parameter.
5607
5608 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5609 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5610 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5611 the journal.
5612
5613 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5614 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5615 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5616
5617 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5618 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5619 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5620 browsing logs from that point on.
5621
5622 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5623 of an FSS key.
5624
5625 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5626 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5627 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5628 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5629 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5630 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5631 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5632 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5633 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5634 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5635 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5636 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5637 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5638 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5639
5640 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5641 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5642 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5643 backing module right-away.
5644
5645 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5646 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5647
5648 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5649 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5650
5651 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5652 set of processes in the message metadata.
5653
5654 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5655
5656 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5657 support for passing performance data via environment
5658 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5659 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5660 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5661 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5662 deserialize it again.
5663
5664 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5665 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5666 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5667 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5668
5669 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5670 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5671 completely silent shutdown when used.
5672
5673 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5674 option in .socket units.
5675
5676 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5677 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5678 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5679 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5680 system.slice as before.
5681
5682 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5683
5684 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5685 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5686 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5687 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5688 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5689 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5690 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5691
5692 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5693
5694 CHANGES WITH 205:
5695
5696 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5697
5698 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5699 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5700 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5701 possible for system services and applications to group their
5702 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5703 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5704 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5705
5706 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5707 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5708 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5709 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5710 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5711
5712 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5713 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5714 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5715 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5716
5717 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5718 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5719 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5720 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5721 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5722 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5723 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5724 and useful as a general batch manager.
5725
5726 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5727 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5728 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5729 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5730 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5731 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5732 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5733 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5734 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5735 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5736
5737 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5738 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5739 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5740 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5741 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5742 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5743 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5744 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5745 is compile-time optional.
5746
5747 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5748 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5749 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5750 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5751 well as slice units.
5752
5753 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5754 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5755 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5756 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5757 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5758 command that wraps this call.
5759
5760 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5761 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5762 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5763 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5764 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5765 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5766 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5767
5768 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5769 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5770 off audit.
5771
5772 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5773 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5774
5775 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5776 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5777 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5778 and system logs.
5779
5780 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5781 snippets extending unit files.
5782
5783 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5784 not available as public API.
5785
5786 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5787 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5788 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5789
5790 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5791 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5792 controls what to boot into by default.
5793
5794 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5795 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5796
5797 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5798 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5799 about the unit file loading.
5800
5801 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5802 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5803 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5804 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5805 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5806 racy due to journal file rotation.
5807
5808 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5809 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5810 all services.
5811
5812 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5813 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5814 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5815 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5816 system services want to log events about specific client
5817 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5818 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5819 unit is requested.
5820
5821 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5822 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5823 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5824 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5825 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5826 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5827 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5828 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5829 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5830 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5831 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5832 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5833 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5834
5835 CHANGES WITH 204:
5836
5837 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5838 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5839
5840 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5841 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5842 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5843
5844 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5845 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5846
5847 CHANGES WITH 203:
5848
5849 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5850 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5851
5852 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5853 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5854 fields, including the root directory.
5855
5856 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5857 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5858 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5859 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5860 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5861 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5862 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5863 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5864 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5865 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5866 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5867
5868 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5869 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5870
5871 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5872 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5873
5874 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5875 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5876 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5877 the local hostname.
5878
5879 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5880 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5881 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5882 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5883 VMs/containers coming and going.
5884
5885 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5886 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5887 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5888
5889 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5890 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5891 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5892 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5893
5894 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5895 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5896 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5897
5898 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5899 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5900 services. With the container's root directory in
5901 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5902 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5903
5904 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5905 the processes within a certain container.
5906
5907 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5908 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5909 check though. Patches welcome!
5910
5911 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5912 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5913 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5914 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5915 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5916
5917 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5918 the passed argument if applicable.
5919
5920 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5921 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5922 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5923 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5924 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5925 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5926 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5927 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5928
5929 CHANGES WITH 202:
5930
5931 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5932 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5933 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5934 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5935 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5936 units activate.
5937
5938 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5939 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5940 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5941 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5942 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5943 for now, and not installable.
5944
5945 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5946 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5947 can run in conjunction with udev.
5948
5949 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5950 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5951 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5952 session manager.
5953
5954 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5955 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5956 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5957 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5958 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5959 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5960 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5961 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5962 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5963 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5964 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5965
5966 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5967
5968 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5969 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5970 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5971 logical expressions.
5972
5973 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5974 switches.
5975
5976 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5977 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5978 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5979 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5980 the user.
5981
5982 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5983 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5984 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5985 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5986 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5987 an entry.
5988
5989 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5990 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5991 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5992 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5993 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5994 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5995
5996 CHANGES WITH 201:
5997
5998 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5999 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6000 directory.
6001
6002 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6003 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6004 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6005 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6006 problem.
6007
6008 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6009 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6010 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6011 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6012
6013 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6014 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6015
6016 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6017 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6018 files in this context are files such as
6019 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6020
6021 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6022 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6023 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6024 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6025 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6026 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6027
6028 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6029 hostnames.
6030
6031 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6032 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6033 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6034 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6035 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6036 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6037 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6038 all time-related output of systemd.
6039
6040 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6041 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6042 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6043 loops.
6044
6045 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6046 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6047
6048 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6049 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
6050 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
6051 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6052 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6053
6054 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6055 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6056 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6057 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6058 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6059 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6060 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6061
6062 CHANGES WITH 200:
6063
6064 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6065 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6066 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6067 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6068 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6069 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6070
6071 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6072 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6073 images.
6074
6075 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6076 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6077 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6078
6079 CHANGES WITH 199:
6080
6081 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6082
6083 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6084 security policy.
6085
6086 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6087 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6088 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6089 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6090 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6091 the same service can still access). When a service is
6092 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
6093 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
6094 this though).
6095
6096 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6097 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6098 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6099 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6100 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6101 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6102
6103 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
6104 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
6105
6106 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6107 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6108
6109 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
6110
6111 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
6112 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6113 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6114 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6115 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
6116
6117 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6118 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6119 system is to be mounted.
6120
6121 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6122 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6123 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6124 purpose for socket units.
6125
6126 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6127 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6128
6129 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6130 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
6131 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
6132 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
6133 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
6134
6135 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6136 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6137 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6138 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6139 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6140 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6141 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6142 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6143 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6144
6145 CHANGES WITH 198:
6146
6147 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6148 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6149 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6150 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6151 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
6152 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
6153 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6154 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6155 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
6156 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6157 unit files locally: copying the files from
6158 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6159 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6160 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6161 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
6162 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
6163 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6164 for them too.
6165
6166 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6167 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
6168 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6169 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6170 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6171 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6172 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
6173 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6174 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
6175
6176 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6177 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6178
6179 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
6180 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6181 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6182 other users.
6183
6184 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6185 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6186 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6187 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6188 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6189 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
6190 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6191 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6192 management logic is also available to other programs via the
6193 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6194 supported.
6195
6196 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6197 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6198 the foreground VT.
6199
6200 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6201 call.
6202
6203 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6204 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6205 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
6206 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6207 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6208 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6209 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6210 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6211 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6212 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6213 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6214 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6215 also been removed.
6216
6217 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6218 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6219 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6220 objects themselves.
6221
6222 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6223
6224 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6225 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6226 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6227 to how this is supported in shells.
6228
6229 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6230 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6231 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6232 user systemd instance.
6233
6234 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6235 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6236 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6237 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6238 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6239 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6240 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6241 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6242 one day for good in the kernel.
6243
6244 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6245 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6246 container.
6247
6248 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6249 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6250 the host into the container.
6251
6252 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6253 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6254 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6255 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6256 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6257 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6258
6259 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6260
6261 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6262 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6263 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6264 configured to be mounted there.
6265
6266 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6267 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6268 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6269 system resume events.
6270
6271 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6272 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6273 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6274 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6275
6276 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6277 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6278 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6279 card).
6280
6281 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6282 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6283 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6284
6285 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6286 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6287 later "change" event.
6288
6289 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6290 now carry a message ID.
6291
6292 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6293 continues to be work in progress.
6294
6295 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6296 root directory to operate relative to.
6297
6298 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6299 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6300 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6301 times a little.
6302
6303 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6304 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6305 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6306 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6307 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6308 request boot into firmware operations.
6309
6310 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6311 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6312 correctly in initrds.
6313
6314 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6315 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6316
6317 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6318 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6319
6320 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6321 the status of all active or failed units.
6322
6323 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6324 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6325 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6326 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6327 requests more robust.
6328
6329 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6330 reading journal files.
6331
6332 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6333 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6334
6335 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6336
6337 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6338 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6339
6340 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6341 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6342 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6343 socket activation in daemons.
6344
6345 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6346 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6347
6348 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6349 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6350 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6351
6352 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6353 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6354 system units.
6355
6356 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6357 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6358 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6359
6360 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6361 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6362 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6363 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6364 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6365 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6366 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6367 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6368 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6369 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6370 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6371 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6372 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6373 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6374 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6375 package installation time.
6376
6377 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6378 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6379 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6380 installation time.
6381
6382 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6383 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6384
6385 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6386
6387 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6388 available.
6389
6390 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6391 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6392
6393 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6394 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6395 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6396 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6397 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6398 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6399 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6400 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6401 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6402 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6403 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6404 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6405 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6406 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6407
6408 CHANGES WITH 197:
6409
6410 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6411 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6412 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6413 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6414 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6415 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6416 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6417 the supported calendar time specification language see
6418 systemd.time(7).
6419
6420 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6421 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6422 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6423 document for details:
6424
6425 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6426
6427 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6428 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6429 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6430 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6431 dependencies.
6432
6433 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6434 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6435 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6436 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6437 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6438 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6439 with a configure switch.
6440
6441 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6442 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6443 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6444 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6445 such as ext4.
6446
6447 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6448 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6449 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6450
6451 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6452 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6453
6454 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6455 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6456 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6457 using only core OS tools.
6458
6459 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6460 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6461 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6462 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6463 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6464 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6465 eventually.
6466
6467 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6468 presenting log data.
6469
6470 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6471 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6472
6473 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6474 system on idle.
6475
6476 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6477 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6478 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6479 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6480 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6481 information if possible.
6482
6483 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6484 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6485 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6486
6487 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6488 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6489 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6490 is running on battery power.
6491
6492 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6493 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6494 is in the "failed" state.
6495
6496 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6497 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6498 environment files at once.
6499
6500 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6501 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6502 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6503 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6504 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6505 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6506 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6507 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6508 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6509 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6510 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6511 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6512 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6513
6514 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6515 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6516
6517 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6518 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6519
6520 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6521 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6522 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6523 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6524 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6525 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6526 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6527 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6528 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6529 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6530 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6531 shipped from us upstream.
6532
6533 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6534 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6535 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6536 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6537 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6538 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6539 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6540 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6541 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6542 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6543 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6544 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6545 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6546
6547 CHANGES WITH 196:
6548
6549 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6550 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6551 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6552 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6553 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6554 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6555 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6556 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6557 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6558 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6559 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6560 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6561 data for all devices where this is available, by
6562 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6563 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6564 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6565 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6566 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6567 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6568
6569 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6570 indexed database to link up additional information with
6571 journal entries. For further details please check:
6572
6573 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6574
6575 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6576 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6577 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6578 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6579 macro for this purpose.
6580
6581 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6582 Python logging framework.
6583
6584 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6585 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6586 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6587 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6588 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6589 time intervals.
6590
6591 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6592 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6593 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6594
6595 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6596 right-away on the selected coredump.
6597
6598 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6599 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6600 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6601
6602 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6603 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6604 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6605 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6606
6607 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6608 default.
6609
6610 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6611 SMACK security label.
6612
6613 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6614 daylight saving change.
6615
6616 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6617 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6618 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6619 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6620 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6621 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6622 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6623
6624 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6625 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6626 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6627 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6628 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6629 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6630 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6631 PolicyKit is not around.
6632
6633 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6634 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6635
6636 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6637 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6638 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6639 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6640 offline updating tools.
6641
6642 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6643 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6644 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6645 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6646 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6647 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6648
6649 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6650 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6651
6652 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6653 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6654 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6655 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6656 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6657 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6658 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6659 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6660 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6661
6662 CHANGES WITH 195:
6663
6664 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6665 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6666 units via --unit=/-u.
6667
6668 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6669 right thing.
6670
6671 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6672 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6673 rotation.
6674
6675 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6676 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6677 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6678 completion of journalctl has been updated
6679 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6680 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6681
6682 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6683 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6684
6685 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6686 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6687 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6688 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6689 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6690 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6691 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6692 completion.
6693
6694 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6695 extract coredumps from the journal.
6696
6697 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6698 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6699 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6700 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6701 scratch their heads.
6702
6703 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6704 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6705
6706 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6707 in immediate termination of systemd.
6708
6709 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6710 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6711
6712 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6713 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6714 mouse screen support has been added.
6715
6716 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6717 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6718
6719 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6720 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6721 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6722 "systemctl reload".
6723
6724 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6725 -u" instead.
6726
6727 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6728 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6729 configured.
6730
6731 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6732 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6733
6734 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6735 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6736 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6737 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6738 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6739 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6740 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6741
6742 CHANGES WITH 194:
6743
6744 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6745 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6746 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6747 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6748 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6749 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6750 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6751 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6752 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6753 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6754 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6755 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6756
6757 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6758 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6759 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6760
6761 CHANGES WITH 193:
6762
6763 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6764 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6765
6766 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6767 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6768 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6769
6770 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6771 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6772 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6773 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6774 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6775 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6776 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6777
6778 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6779 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6780
6781 This will download the journal contents in a
6782 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6783
6784 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6785
6786 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6787 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6788 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6789 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6790 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6791
6792 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6793
6794 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6795 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6796
6797 CHANGES WITH 192:
6798
6799 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6800 too.
6801
6802 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6803 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6804 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6805 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6806 just start them.
6807
6808 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6809 and line break accordingly.
6810
6811 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6812 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6813
6814 CHANGES WITH 191:
6815
6816 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6817 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6818 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6819 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6820 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6821
6822 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6823 will default to 10 if omitted.
6824
6825 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6826 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6827 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6828 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6829 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6830
6831 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6832 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6833 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6834 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6835 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6836 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6837 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6838
6839 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6840 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6841 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6842 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6843 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6844 into two.
6845
6846 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6847 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6848
6849 CHANGES WITH 190:
6850
6851 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6852 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6853 "systemctl status".
6854
6855 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6856 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6857 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6858 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6859 field.)
6860
6861 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6862 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6863 default.
6864
6865 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6866 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6867 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6868 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6869 in a container.
6870
6871 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6872 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6873 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6874 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6875 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6876 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6877
6878 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6879 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6880 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6881 no-op.
6882
6883 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6884 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6885 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6886 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6887 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6888
6889 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6890 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6891
6892 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6893 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6894 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6895 command.
6896
6897 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6898 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6899 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6900
6901 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6902
6903 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6904 multiple files at once.
6905
6906 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6907 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6908 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6909 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6910 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6911 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6912 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6913
6914 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6915 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6916 now support specifiers as well.
6917
6918 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6919 dir: %_presetdir.
6920
6921 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6922 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6923
6924 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6925 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6926 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6927 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6928 anymore.
6929
6930 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6931 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6932 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6933 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6934
6935 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6936 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6937 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6938
6939 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6940 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6941 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6942 sockets.
6943
6944 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6945 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6946 is changed.
6947
6948 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6949 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6950 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6951 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6952 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6953 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6954 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6955
6956 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6957
6958 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6959 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6960
6961 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6962 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6963
6964 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6965 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6966 (%b).
6967
6968 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6969 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6970 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6971 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6972 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6973 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6974 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6975
6976 CHANGES WITH 189:
6977
6978 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6979 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6980
6981 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6982 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6983 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6984 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6985 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6986 syslog daemons again.
6987
6988 * The libudev API gained the new
6989 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6990
6991 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6992 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6993 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6994 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6995
6996 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6997 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6998 container.
6999
7000 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7001 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7002 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7003 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7004 this explaining it in more detail.
7005
7006 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7007 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7008 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7009 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7010
7011 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7012 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7013 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7014 journal files.
7015
7016 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7017 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7018 as container init process a lot more fun.
7019
7020 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7021 entries.
7022
7023 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7024 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7025 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7026 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7027 different sets of services.
7028
7029 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7030 failure state.
7031
7032 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
7033 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7034 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7035
7036 CHANGES WITH 188:
7037
7038 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7039 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7040 tree a lot more organized.
7041
7042 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7043 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7044
7045 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7046 services.
7047
7048 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7049 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7050 filtering by log level now.
7051
7052 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7053 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7054 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7055
7056 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
7057 command lines involving service unit names.
7058
7059 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7060 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7061
7062 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7063 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7064 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7065
7066 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7067 option.
7068
7069 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7070 a shutdown is cancelled.
7071
7072 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7073 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7074 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7075 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7076 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7077
7078 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7079 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7080 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7081 for display managers instead.
7082
7083 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7084 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7085 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7086 protection, and suchlike.
7087
7088 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7089 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7090 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7091 the service.
7092
7093 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7094 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7095 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7096 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7097 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7098 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7099
7100 CHANGES WITH 187:
7101
7102 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7103 pages.
7104
7105 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7106 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7107 data loss.
7108
7109 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
7110 option.
7111
7112 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7113
7114 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7115 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7116
7117 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7118 specific directory.
7119
7120 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7121 messages of two different boots.
7122
7123 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7124 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7125 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7126
7127 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7128 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7129 disjunctions.
7130
7131 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7132 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7133 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7134
7135 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7136 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7137 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7138
7139 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7140 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7141 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7142 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7143 speed things up a bit.
7144
7145 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7146 header data of journal files.
7147
7148 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7149 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7150 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7151
7152 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7153 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7154 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7155 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7156
7157 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7158
7159 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7160 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7161 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7162 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7163
7164 CHANGES WITH 186:
7165
7166 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7167 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7168 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7169 prefixed with rd.
7170
7171 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7172 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7173
7174 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7175
7176 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7177
7178 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
7179
7180 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7181 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7182 as well.
7183
7184 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7185 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7186 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7187
7188 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7189 does the right thing. Example:
7190
7191 udevadm info /dev/sda
7192 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7193
7194 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7195 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7196 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7197 running.
7198
7199 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7200 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7201
7202 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7203 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7204
7205 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7206 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7207 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7208 files.
7209
7210 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7211 be stopped that is not loaded.
7212
7213 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7214
7215 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7216
7217 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7218 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7219 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7220 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7221
7222 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7223 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7224 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7225 completed initialization.
7226
7227 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7228
7229 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7230 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7231 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7232 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7233 distributions.
7234
7235 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7236 always valid when services log to the journal via
7237 STDOUT/STDERR.
7238
7239 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7240 command line options we understand.
7241
7242 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7243 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7244
7245 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7246 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7247
7248 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7249 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7250 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7251 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7252
7253 systemctl status /home
7254 systemctl status /dev/sda
7255
7256 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7257 system.conf parsing.
7258
7259 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7260 Manager object.
7261
7262 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7263
7264 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7265
7266 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7267 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7268 complete.
7269
7270 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7271 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7272 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7273 systemd-fsck@.service.
7274
7275 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7276 Manager object.
7277
7278 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7279 work sensibly.
7280
7281 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7282 we actually understand.
7283
7284 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7285 additional capabilities to the container.
7286
7287 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7288 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7289 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7290
7291 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7292 the current boot only.
7293
7294 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7295 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7296
7297 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7298 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7299 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7300 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7301 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7302
7303 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7304
7305 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7306 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7307 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7308 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7309
7310 CHANGES WITH 185:
7311
7312 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7313 available.
7314
7315 * Several new man pages have been added.
7316
7317 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7318 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7319 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7320 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7321
7322 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7323 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7324
7325 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7326 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7327 Matthias Clasen
7328
7329 CHANGES WITH 184:
7330
7331 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7332 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7333
7334 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7335 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7336 daemon.
7337
7338 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7339 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7340
7341 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7342 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7343 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7344 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7345
7346 CHANGES WITH 183:
7347
7348 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7349 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7350 and systemd's most recent version number.
7351
7352 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7353 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7354 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7355 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7356 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7357 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7358
7359 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7360 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7361 subsystems.
7362
7363 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7364 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7365 used to subscribe to events.
7366
7367 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7368 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7369 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7370 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7371 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7372 forked by udev rules.
7373
7374 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7375 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7376 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7377 it.
7378
7379 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7380 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7381 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7382 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7383 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7384
7385 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7386 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7387
7388 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7389 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7390 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7391 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7392
7393 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7394 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7395 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7396 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7397 to be used as drop-in files.
7398
7399 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7400 particular suspending and hibernating.
7401
7402 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7403 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7404 about this in more detail.
7405
7406 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7407 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7408 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7409 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7410 from git history and add them downstream.
7411
7412 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7413 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7414 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7415 units.
7416
7417 * All smaller setup units (such as
7418 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7419 are run in a container and are skipped when
7420 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7421 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7422
7423 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7424 integrated, for details see:
7425 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7426
7427 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7428 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7429 messages.
7430
7431 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7432 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7433 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7434 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7435 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7436
7437 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7438 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7439 for all units started by PID 1.
7440
7441 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7442 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7443 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7444
7445 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7446 of PID 1 anymore.
7447
7448 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7449 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7450 have not been read by systemd yet.
7451
7452 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7453 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7454 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7455 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7456 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7457 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7458
7459 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7460 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7461
7462 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7463
7464 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7465 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7466 so sexy.
7467
7468 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7469 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7470 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7471 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7472 patterns.
7473
7474 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7475 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7476 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7477 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7478
7479 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7480 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7481
7482 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7483 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7484 in systemd now.
7485
7486 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7487 ID on the command line.
7488
7489 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7490 for an init system.
7491
7492 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7493 vt100.
7494
7495 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7496
7497 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7498 components now have directories of their own.
7499
7500 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7501
7502 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7503 container in other hierarchies.
7504
7505 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7506 system.conf.
7507
7508 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7509
7510 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7511 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7512
7513 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7514 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7515
7516 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7517 locally generated journal files.
7518
7519 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7520
7521 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7522
7523 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7524 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7525 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7526 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7527 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7528 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7529 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7530 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7531 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7532 Gundersen
7533
7534 CHANGES WITH 44:
7535
7536 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7537
7538 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7539 KVM or container configured UUID.
7540
7541 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7542
7543 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7544
7545 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7546 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7547
7548 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7549
7550 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7551 folks
7552
7553 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7554 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7555 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7556
7557 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7558 configuration
7559
7560 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7561 free fashion
7562
7563 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7564 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7565 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7566 automatically generated data.
7567
7568 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7569 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7570 however.
7571
7572 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7573 tarball.
7574
7575 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7576 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7577 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7578 Reding
7579
7580 CHANGES WITH 43:
7581
7582 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7583
7584 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7585
7586 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7587
7588 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7589 normal user logins.
7590
7591 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7592 Biebl
7593
7594 CHANGES WITH 42:
7595
7596 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7597
7598 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7599 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7600 xsltproc.
7601
7602 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7603 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7604 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7605
7606 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7607 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7608 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7609
7610 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7611
7612 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7613 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7614 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7615
7616 CHANGES WITH 41:
7617
7618 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7619 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7620 package update.
7621
7622 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7623 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7624 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7625
7626 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7627 complete.
7628
7629 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7630 understood to set system wide environment variables
7631 dynamically at boot.
7632
7633 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7634
7635 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7636 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7637 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7638 files.
7639
7640 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7641 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7642 William Douglas
7643
7644 CHANGES WITH 40:
7645
7646 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7647
7648 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7649 "Result" D-Bus property.
7650
7651 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7652 the next few releases.)
7653
7654 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7655 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7656 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7657 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7658
7659 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7660 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7661 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7662
7663 CHANGES WITH 39:
7664
7665 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7666 bugfixes.
7667
7668 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7669 resource usage.
7670
7671 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7672 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7673 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7674 journals by the respective users.
7675
7676 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7677 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7678 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7679
7680 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7681 client for all entries.
7682
7683 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7684
7685 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7686 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7687
7688 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7689 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7690 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7691 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7692
7693 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7694 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7695 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7696
7697 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7698 journal along with meta data.
7699
7700 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7701 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7702 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7703
7704 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7705 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7706 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7707
7708 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7709
7710 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7711 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7712 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7713 or fsck.
7714
7715 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7716 requested with new -k switch.
7717
7718 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7719 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7720
7721 CHANGES WITH 38:
7722
7723 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7724 bugfixes.
7725
7726 * The git repository moved to:
7727 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7728 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7729
7730 * First release with the journal
7731 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7732
7733 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7734 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7735
7736 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7737
7738 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7739
7740 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7741 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7742 remote mounts.
7743
7744 * Added Mageia support
7745
7746 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7747
7748 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7749 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7750 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7751 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7752 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7753
7754 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7755 of existing distributions.
7756
7757 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7758 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7759
7760 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7761 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7762 boot.
7763
7764 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7765
7766 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7767 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7768 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7769 among other things.
7770
7771 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7772 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7773
7774 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7775
7776 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7777 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7778 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7779
7780 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7781 restored.
7782
7783 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7784 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7785 kmod
7786
7787 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7788 of /usr/local by default.
7789
7790 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7791 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7792 in:
7793 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7794
7795 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7796 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7797 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7798 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7799 supported anyway, and bad style).
7800
7801 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7802 reloading of units together.
7803
7804 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7805 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7806 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7807 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7808 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek